Canon TR4650 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for TR4650 by Canon which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
TR4600 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Easy Understanding Network Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Loading Plain Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Loading Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Where to Load Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Checking Ink Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fax settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Other dev. settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Scanning from Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Preparing for Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Connecting Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Setting Telephone Line Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Setting Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Setting Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Registering Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Registering Recipients in Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Changing Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Deleting Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Printing List of Registered Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Setting Items for Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Sending Faxes Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
General Notes (Fax Transmission Using AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Changing Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Memory Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Other Useful Fax Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Document Stored in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Printing Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Network FAQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 315
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 320
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Manually Solved Network Troubles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 350
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Scanning Problems (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Faxing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Problems Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Errors Often Occur When Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Problems Receiving Faxes/Cannot Print a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Telephone Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Cannot Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Telephone Disconnects During a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Poor Quality Fax Received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
1203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
1430. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
168A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
5B02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft Edge is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
13
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
14
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
15
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
16
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
17
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
18
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
19
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
20
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
21
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
22
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
23
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
24
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
25
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
26
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <appro@openssl.org> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
27
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson (lennart@augustsson.net) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
28
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
29
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
30
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
31
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3. Press Setup button.
3.
The Setup menu screen appears.
4. Select Device settings and press OK button.
4.
5. Select LAN settings and press OK button.5.
6. Select Print LAN details and press OK button.6.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information –
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics –
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details See Manually Solved Network Troubles to check details on
the diagnostic result and result codes.
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
32
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method none/TKIP/AES
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
33
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
5 Other Settings Other settings –
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name
34
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
35
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4)Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enab./disab. Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon TR4600 series
LPR setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
WL Direct net.(SSID) DIRECT-abXX-TR4600series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Security method WPA2-PSK (AES)
Confirm request Displayed
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
36
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
•Connecting•
1. Enable Wireless Direct for printer
2. Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
•Changing settings•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
• Check the usage restrictions and connect the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
Enable Wireless Direct for printer
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
5.
6. Select Switch WL Direct and press the OK button.
6.
7. Check displayed message, select Yes and press the OK button.
7.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security protocol, and
•
WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
37
• When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to display the•
password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To not display the password,
select No.
•The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
•
are using, no password is required.
•When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the printer name from
•
your device.
•To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
1. Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TR4600series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list2.
on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
Note
•If "DIRECT-XXXX-TR4600series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
•
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.3.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.•
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the LCD of the printer.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
•Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
•
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
•If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Confirm request of Changing
•
Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible device connects to the printer,
a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect is displayed on the printer LCD.
38
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device
and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. Download it from
App Store and Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
Note
• To change the Wireless Direct settings, you need to enable Wireless Direct in advance.•
Enable Wireless Direct for printer
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.5.
6. Select a setting item.
6.
Press button to switch the desired setting item.
•Change name (SSID)•
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦To set manually
◦
1. Select Manual setup and press the OK button.
1.
2. Enter the new identifier (SSID).
2.
Use the numeric keypad to enter each digit.
You can move the cursor by pressing the button.
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
39
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the input mode (uppercase,
lowercase, numbers).
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the symbols.
3. Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.3.
4. Check displayed message, press the OK button.
4.
◦To set automatically
◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.
1.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security
•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
•When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•Change password•
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ To set manually.◦
1. Select Manual setup and press the OK button.1.
2. Enter the new password (10 characters).2.
Use the numeric keypad to enter each digit.
You can move the cursor by pressing the button.
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the type of characters to enter
(uppercase / lowercase, numbers).
3. Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.3.
◦To set automatically
◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.1.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security
•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
•When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•Confirm request
•
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
40
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes and press the OK button.
Important
•To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
•
the confirmation screen.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the•
device.
41
Easy Understanding Network Connections
What is Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
• Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
• You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the printer.
• When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
What is Wireless Direct Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
• While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
• In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth
device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a
device you do not use and configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
USB Connection (Reference)
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB cable.
For details, see Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, see the web page.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Connecting with Wireless Direct
42
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)•
For Windows, you can perform network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)•
You can diagnose or repair network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
◦For Windows:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
◦For macOS:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network FAQ for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
43
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support wireless networking standards using the 5 GHz band. Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol.
Change the security protocol for your device to something other than TKIP or change the setting to
something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
44
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
45
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
•For Windows:•
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
•For macOS:•
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• Some models allow you to check the serial number on the LCD.•
System information
47
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Switching LAN Connection Method
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch the connection method to USB when the printer is used with a LAN connection,
check the following item.
•For Windows:•
◦ Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
•For macOS:•
◦ Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
•For Windows:•
◦ See Changing the Connection Mode.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.◦
Important
• Before you perform settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, turn on Easy Wireless (Easy•
WL) connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press and hold (Menu/Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
48
3. Perform operations following instructions on your computer, smartphone/3.
tablet.
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, press OK button.4.
•For macOS:•
See Changing the Connection Mode.
49
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If anything is wrong with connection, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses the settings of the printer and
those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant restores the status of the
printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
51
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts
diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
52
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
53
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
54
Loading Plain Paper
You can load plain paper.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
•Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
57
4. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
4.
center of front tray.
Insert the leading edge of paper stack until you hear a sound.
When you load paper stack, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in landscape orientation (D) can•
cause paper jams.
5. Slide the right paper guide to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
58
Note
•Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.
•
6. Open the paper output tray (F).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (G) and open the output tray extension (H).7.
8. Press the OK button.
8.
59
9. Use the button to select the size of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the9.
OK button.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use the button to select Plain paper and press the OK button.
10.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
60
Loading Photo Paper
You can load photo paper.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
•Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
•When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
•
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
61
4. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
4.
center of front tray.
Insert the leading edge of paper stack until you hear a sound.
When you load paper stack, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in landscape orientation (D) can•
cause paper jams.
5. Slide the right paper guide to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
62
Note
•Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.
•
6. Open the paper output tray (F).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (G) and open the output tray extension (H).7.
8. Press the OK button.
8.
63
9. Use the button to select the size of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the9.
OK button.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use the button to select the type of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the
10.
OK button.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
64
Loading Envelopes
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with
your computer properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported.•
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
1.
•Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
•
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite•
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.•
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.•
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
•The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
•
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
65
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
4. Load the envelopes in the center of the front tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.4.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing down.
Insert the leading edge of envelopes until you hear a sound. Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once.
When you load envelopes, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
66
5. Slide the right paper guide to align both paper guides with both sides of the envelopes.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
• Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs (C) of the paper guides.•
6. Open the paper output tray (D).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (E) and open the output tray extension (F).
7.
67
8. Press the OK button.
8.
9. Use button to select size of loaded envelopes in front tray and press OK button.
9.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use button to select Envelope and press OK button.10.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
68
Where to Load Originals
The printer has two positions to load originals: platen and ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Select the position to load the original according to the size, type, or usage.
Note
• For details on the supported originals, see below.•
Supported Originals
Loading Documents, Photos, or Book on Platen
Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and
Thickness in the ADF
You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF.
70
Note
• To scan the original at optimum quality, load it on the platen.•
71
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.3.
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy, fax,•
or scan.
73
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load A4, letter-size, legal-size originals in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Important
• Be careful not to let anything get inside the document output slot. It may cause damage.•
Note
• To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen.•
• The double-sided original cannot be scanned automatically with ADF.•
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.
1.
2. Open document tray (A).
2.
3. Slide the document guide (B) all the way out.
3.
4. Insert document WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in document tray, until you hear a
4.
beep sound.
Insert the document until it stops.
Note
•For details on the supported originals, see below.
•
Supported Originals
5. Adjust document guide to match width of document.
5.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed properly.
74
75
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals Function How to Load
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying or Faxing Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the alignment mark
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button and select Auto
scan for Original type.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button, select Docu-
ment or Photo for Original type, and
then specify a standard size (A4, Letter,
etc.) for Scan size.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Singl for Scan size.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Multi for Scan size.
Loading Two or More Originals on
Platen
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
76
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).•
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
77
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to•
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.•
78
Supported Originals
Platen
Item Details
Types of originals • Text document, magazine, or newspaper•
• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)•
• Documents that are not suitable for the ADF•
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Quantity One or more sheets*
Thickness Max. 0.2 in. (5 mm)
* Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen depending on the selected function.
Loading Based on Use
In the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Item Details
Kind of original Plain-paper documents with multiple pages of the same size, thickness, and weight
Size A4, Letter, Legal
Max. 8.5 x 14.0 in. (216 x 356 mm)
Min. 8.3 x 11.0 in. (210 x 280 mm)
Quantity •A4/Letter: Max. 20 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.08 in. (2 mm) high
•
• Legal: Max. 5 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) high•
Thickness 0.003 to 0.005 in. (0.07 to 0.13 mm)
Weight 16.0 to 25.3 lb (60 to 95 g /m2)
Note
•Make sure any liquids on documents, such as glue, ink, or correction fluid are dry before loading.
•
Do not load glued documents in the ADF, even if the glue is dry, because this may cause paper jams.
•Remove all staples, paper clips, or other fasteners before feeding documents.
•
•Load Legal-sized documents in the ADF.
•
•Do not load these kinds of documents in the ADF, which may cause paper jams.
•
Wrinkled or creased documents
Curled documents
Torn documents
Documents with holes
Glued documents
79
Documents with sticky notes
Documents on carbon paper
Documents on coated paper
Documents on onion skin or other thin paper
Photos or excessively thick documents
80
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the error message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the
error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Check the error message and take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
While using the printer, the periphery of the paper output slot may become dirty with ink.
Before replacing the FINE Cartridge, clean the periphery of the paper output slot.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The printer may•
not print properly if you touch them.
• If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the FINE•
cartridge removed.
• Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to•
clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the
FINE cartridge properly.
Note
• For Windows, if a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE•
cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while.
For information on how to configure this setting, see below.
Setting the Ink to be Used
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the
print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When ink runs out,
replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
82
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open the front cover (C) gently.2.
3. Open the paper output tray (D).
3.
4. Open the paper output cover (E).4.
The FINE cartridge holder (F) moves to the replacement position.
Caution
•Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE
•
cartridge holder until it stops completely.
83
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.•
5. Remove the empty FINE cartridge.5.
1. Push down the ink cartridge lock lever (G) of the empty FINE cartridge until it clicks.
1.
2. Remove the FINE cartridge (H).2.
6. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.
6.
Take new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove protective tape (I) gently.
84
Important
•Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The printer may
•
not print properly if you touch them.
7. Install the FINE cartridge.7.
1. Insert the new FINE cartridge straight into the FINE cartridge holder all the way until it1.
touches the back.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
Important
•Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE cartridge
•
holder.
85
2. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.2.
The FINE cartridge will be locked.
Important
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.•
8. Close the paper output tray.
8.
86
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press Setup button, use button to select Ink information, and then press OK button.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Make sure Remaining ink appears and press OK button.
3.
A in the figure below shows remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• You can also check the ink status on the LCD when you press the COPY or FAX button. The•
current remaining ink level will be displayed on the LCD for a few seconds.
•You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
•
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
88
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the
print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging. In the cleaning
procedure, used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
89
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.
Note
• Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.•
Checking the Ink Status on the LCD
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.•
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
• If an error message appears on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.•
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern.
91
If there are missing lines or horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step3 Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do not
unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved:
Step5 Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon•
service center to request a repair.
92
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE•
Cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the front tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Nozzle check and press the OK button.4.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.5.
94
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal streaks in the pattern B.
If there are missing lines in the pattern A:
C: Good
D: Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal streaks in the pattern B:
E: Good
F: Bad (horizontal streaks are present)
If any color in the pattern A or the pattern B is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
If one of the above is applied, cleaning the print head is required.
95
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the button to select Cleaning and then press the OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
4. Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.•
96
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use button to select Deep Cleaning and press OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 minute.
4. Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved, replace the FINE cartridge with a new one. If the problem is still not
resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
97
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the front tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Head alignment and then press the OK button.4.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
98
Important
• Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,•
it may not be scanned properly.
• If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, and redo this•
procedure from the beginning.
5. Check message and place print head alignment sheet on platen.5.
Place the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .
99
Note
• The print head alignment sheet cannot be scanned if it is loaded in the ADF (Auto Document•
Feeder).
6. Close the document cover gently, then press the Black button or the Color button.6.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
After the print head position adjustment completion message is displayed, remove the print head
alignment sheet on the platen.
Important
•Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen until
•
adjusting the print head position is complete.
• If the error message appears on the LCD, press the OK button to release the error, then take•
appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
Note
• For Windows, when the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as•
described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print align value from the•
Maintenance screen.
100
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2. Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
2.
3. Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
3.
Remote UI starts.
Note
•The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, see "Passwords and cookies."
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
102
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2. Click Cleaning
2.
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
•Is there ink remaining?
•Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
•Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
103
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
•Is there ink remaining?
• Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
•Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Deep Cleaning
3.
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
•Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, see "Ink Does Not Come Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
104
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2. Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
2.
A message appears.
3. Load paper in printer
3.
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the front tray.
4. Run head position adjustment
4.
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the front cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
105
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types of your
model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display the pop-up menu of the Print dialog and select Supply
Levels.
106
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this
case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when
necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the
market
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Remove any paper from the front tray.
2.
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Clean the paper feed rollers without paper.4.
Use button to select Roller Cleaning and press OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
5. Clean the paper feed rollers with paper.5.
1. Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating, then load a sheet of A4 or1.
Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market in front tray.
Loading Plain Paper
2. Press the OK button.
2.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
108
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, then remove any paper from the front tray.
1.
2. Prepare paper.
2.
1. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.1.
2. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,2.
and then unfold the paper.
3. Load only this sheet of paper in the front tray with the ridges of the creases facing up and the3.
edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
When you load paper, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD. Select A4 or
Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type: and then press the OK button.
4. Open the paper output tray (A).4.
109
5. Pull the paper output support (B) and open the output tray extension (C).5.
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Btm Plate Cleaning and then press the OK button.
4.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
Note
•When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
•Before cleaning the printer, turn it off and unplug it.
•
110
The power cannot be turned off while the printer is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes
are stored in the printer's memory. Make sure the printer has finished sending or receiving faxes
before turning it off.
Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the printer is off.
Unplugging the printer will reset the date/time setting and erase all documents in the printer's
memory. Send faxes or print documents as needed before unplugging the printer.
111
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Storing Printed Images
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
112
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord or other cables by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively
bending them.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
•Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
114
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
115
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the FINE cartridges. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw FINE cartridges in the fire.
116
Regulatory Information
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
117
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same
time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies
kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen.
Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell
mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen
Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen
für Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
118
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément
à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis
en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en
de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet
worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten
op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen
in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit
product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u
uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in
uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer
van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie
over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
119
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un
dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte
similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i
electrònics (AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest
producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts
on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal,
a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de
recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el
reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso
un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro
uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o
un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione
impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana
causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace
delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi
del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti
di Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
120
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo
ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos
(EEE). O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente
e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation
jf. direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks.
i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering
af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund
af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik
på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
121
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα
νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά
τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας
για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων,
το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt,
det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved
å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä
saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
122
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning
inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför
avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen
do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově
prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
123
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a
termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell
leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai
berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű
hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak
lehetnek a környezetre és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék
megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A
berendezésekből származó, újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért
forduljon a helyi önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését
végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek
visszajuttatásáról és újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt
do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať
spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom
výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva
odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu
môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické
zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
124
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud
jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba
125
į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai
ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad
jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo
ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na
primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
126
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la
un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu
sa WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom
centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom
centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje
127
ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje
usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja
na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
128
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money•
• Money orders•
• Certificates of deposit•
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Identification badges or insignia•
• Selective service or draft papers•
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
• Traveler's checks•
• Food stamps•
• Passports•
• Immigration papers•
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
• Stock certificates•
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
130
Printer Handling Precautions
Be careful not to let anything get inside the document output slot. It may cause damage.
131
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient•
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the FINE cartridge left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power. This•
allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so•
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to•
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.1.
2. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.2.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3. Retract the paper output support with the output tray extension closed.
3.
4. Close the front cover.
4.
5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
5.
cord from the printer.
6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
6.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
7. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
7.
Important
•We recommend to hold and carry out this printer as shown in the figure below.
•
132
133
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Press the Setup button, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data, and then select Yes.•
For printers with fax capabilities, user information and speed dial numbers can be backed up to a computer
by utilizing the Speed Dial Utility2 software before resetting the printer or deleting data. Backed up data can
be restored to the repaired printer or another Canon printer.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (macOS)
134
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or•
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Important
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the•
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
135
Front View
A: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
B: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
C: Platen
Load an original here.
D: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
E: Front Tray
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
F: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Open before printing.
G: Paper Output Support
Extend to support ejected paper.
138
H: Output Tray Extension
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Paper Output Cover
Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the printer.
J: ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load a document here. The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one
sheet at a time.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
K: Document Feeder Cover
Open when clearing jammed documents.
L: Document Tray
Open to load a document in the ADF. You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size
and thickness. Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up.
M: Document Output Slot
Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here.
N: Front Cover
Open to load paper in the front tray.
O: Document Guide
Adjust this guide to match the width of document in the ADF.
P: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
Q: FAX Memory lamp
Lights when there are received or unsent documents stored in the printer's memory.
R: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Printer On and Off
139
S: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
140
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: External Device Jack
Connect an external device such as telephone or answering device.
C: Telephone Line Jack
Connect the telephone line.
D: Rear Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
E: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.•
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This•
can cause trouble.
141
Inside View
A: Ink Cartridge Lock Lever
Secures the installed FINE cartridge.
B: FINE Cartridge Holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
C: FINE Cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
Note
• For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.•
Important
• The area around the parts D may be splattered with ink. This does not affect the performance of the•
printer.
• Do not touch the parts D. The printer may not print properly if you touch them.•
142
Operation Panel
A: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
B: and buttons
Used to select a menu or setting item. The button is also used when entering characters.
C: OK button
Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item. This button is also used to resolve an error or ejects
documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
D: Menu/Wireless connect button
Displays the Copy menu, Scan menu, or Fax menu screen.
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without
having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
E: Numeric buttons
Used to enter numerical values such as the number of copies, as well as fax/telephone numbers and
characters.
F: Tone button
Switches to tone dialing temporarily if your printer is connected to a rotary pulse line.
G: Stop button
Cancels operation when print, copy, scan, or fax transmission/reception job is in progress.
H: Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
I: Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
143
J: Setup button
Displays the Setup menu screen. With this menu, you can perform printer maintenance and change
printer settings.
K: SCAN button
Switches the printer to the scan mode.
L: COPY button
Switches the printer to the copy mode.
M: FAX button
Switches the printer to the fax mode.
N: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
144
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation. The display will be also restored when receiving faxes. You
cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off.
146
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.•
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a•
computer connected by USB cable or Wi-Fi network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
147
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Check the power plug/power cord once a month to confirm that it does not have anything unusual described
below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.•
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.•
• The power plug/power cord is bent.•
• The power plug/power cord is worn.•
• The power plug/power cord is split.•
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord•
and contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Using the printer with one of the
unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
149
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the•
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
1.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.2.
3. Unplug the power cord.
3.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
150
LCD and Operation Panel
The Copy standby screen appears when the printer is turned on.
When the COPY button, SCAN button, FAX button, or Setup button is pressed, the display switches to copy
mode, scan mode, fax mode, or setup menu screen.
Copy mode
Scan mode
Fax mode
Setup
When the Menu/Wireless connect button is pressed in the Copy standby screen, Scan standby screen or
Fax standby screen, the menu screen appears.
Copy menu
Setting Items for Copying
Special Copy Menu
Scan menu
Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel
Fax menu
151
In a menu or settings screen, use the button to select an item or option, and then press the OK button
to proceed with the procedure.
Note
• For details on how to change settings, refer to Changing Settings from Operation Panel.•
Network Status Indication
Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the icon.
If the icon appears on the LCD when the SCAN button or Setup button is pressed, it indicates
that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We
recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless
router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
• When Wi-Fi is disabled, the icon is not displayed.•
152
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the Numeric buttons to enter or edit such information as unit name, a recipient's name for the directory,
etc.
Switching the Input Mode
Each time the Tone button is pressed, the input mode is switched.
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Note
• Only numbers and symbols that are available for the type of information you are entering are•
displayed, such as numbers for telephone or fax number input.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the Tone button to switch the input mode.
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the desired characters.
• To insert a space•
Press the button five times.
• To delete the last entered character•
Press the Back button.
Editing Entered Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the or button to move the cursor under the position you want to edit.
• To insert a space•
Press the button five times.
• To insert a character•
Move the cursor under the character to the right of the insertion position, then enter the character. The
character on the cursor will move to the right and the new character will be inserted.
• To delete a character•
Move the cursor under the character, then press the Back button.
153
List of Characters Assigned to Each Numeric Button
For Fax/Telephone Number, Name, Number of Copies
Button Lowercase mode
(:a)
Uppercase mode
(:A)
Numeric mode
(:1)
Fax/Tele-
phone no.
1 1
abcåäáàãâæç ABCÅÄÁÀÃÂÆÇ 2 2
defëéèê DEFËÉÈÊ 3 3
gh i ï í ì î GH I Ï Í Ì Î 4 4
jkl JKL 5 5
mnoñøöóòõô MNOÑØÖÓÒÕÔ 6 6
pqrsþ PQRSÞ 7 7
tuvüúùû TUVÜÚÙÛ 8 8
wxyzý WXYZÝ 9 9
0 0
. @ - _ SP*1 # ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > #
Switch the input mode.
*1 "SP" indicates a space.
For LAN Settings
Button Lowercase mode
(:a)
Uppercase mode
(:A)
Numeric mode
(:1)
1
abc ABC 2
def DEF 3
gh i GH I 4
jkl JKL 5
mno MNO 6
154
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1. Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
1.
2. Click Energy saving settings
2.
3. Complete the following settings:
3.
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
158
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Printer settings from Remote UI1.
2. If necessary, complete the following settings:
2.
Print settings - Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
3. Apply the settings
3.
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
159
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Fax settings
Print settings
LAN settings
Smartphone print
Other dev. settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
160
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Prevent abrasion as an example.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Device settings and then press the OK button.
3.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust and then press the OK button.4.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item and then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select a setting to specify and then press the OK button.
6.
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
161
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Fax settings
Other dev. settings
Language selection
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Smartphone print
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
System information
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
162
Fax settings
Select this menu from Setup menu.
Easy setup
Add tel. number
Fax user settings
Adv. fax settings
Auto print settings
Security control
Note
• Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
Easy setup
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure according to the instructions on the LCD.
Note
• You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting.•
For details on how to specify the setting:
Preparing for Faxing
Add tel. number
You can register the recipient's fax/telephone number to the printer.
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Fax user settings
•Add unit tel. number•
Registers your fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
•Add unit name•
Registers your name printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
•Telephone line type (Country or region of purchase other than China)•
Selects the telephone line type setting for the printer.
Setting Telephone Line Type
163
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Tel. line auto select (China only)•
If you select ON, the telephone line type is selected automatically.
If you select OFF, you can select the telephone line type manually.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Adv. fax settings
•Err reduction (VoIP)•
If you select Reduce, it may be possible to reduce the incidence of communication errors when
connecting to internet line such as IP phone.
Note
• When Reduce is selected, V.34 (Super G3) cannot be used. Communication time generally•
becomes longer than when communicating with V.34 (super G3).
• This setting has priority even if you select 33600 bps for TX start speed or RX start speed.•
•Auto redial•
Enables/disables automatic redialing.
If you select ON, you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the
printer waits between redial attempts.
•Dial tone detect•
Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time.
If you select ON, the printer transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Pause time settings
•
Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause).
•TTI position
•
Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area).
•Remote RX
•
Enables/disables remote reception.
If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID.
Remote Reception
164
•Color transmission•
When faxing color documents using the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), selects whether to convert
them into black & white data if the recipient's fax device does not support color faxing.
If you select If incompatible, end, the printer does not send color documents when the recipient's fax
device does not support color faxing.
If you select If incompat., B&W, the printer sends documents in black & white when the recipient's
fax device does not support color faxing.
•RX image reduction•
Enables/disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper.
If you select ON, you can select the image reduction direction.
•Adv. communication•
◦ECM TX◦
Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ECM RX◦
Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦TX start speed◦
Selects the fax transmission speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
• Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
• When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower transmission start•
speed may solve transmission problems.
◦RX start speed◦
Selects the fax reception speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
165
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
• Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
• When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower reception start•
speed may solve reception problems.
Auto print settings
•Received documents•
Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax.
If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory.
For details on the received fax stored in the printer's memory:
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
•Activity report•
Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically.
If you select Print, the printer prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received
faxes automatically.
For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually:
Summary of Reports and Lists
•TX report•
Selects whether to print TX REPORT/ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax.
If you print the report, select Print error only or Print for each TX.
If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can specify the print setting that the first page
of the fax is printed along with the report.
•RX report
•
Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax.
If you print RX REPORT, select Print error only or Print for each RX.
•Print when no ink
•
Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the printer's memory when the
ink has run out.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
166
Security control
•Fax no. re-entry•
If you select ON, you can set the printer to send faxes after using the Numeric buttons to enter the
number twice. By using this setting, you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
•Check RX fax info•
If you select ON, the printer checks whether the recipient's fax device information matches the dialed
number. If it matches the number, the printer starts to send faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
•Hook setting•
If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function.
•Fax RX reject•
If you select ON, the printer rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from
specific senders.
Rejecting Fax Reception
•Caller rejection•
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the printer detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from
the sender.
If you select Subscribed, you can specify the settings of rejection.
Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
Note
• This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your•
telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
167
Print settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
•Prevent abrasion•
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower•
print quality.
•Amount of extension•
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:•
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be•
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Amount: Large•
for this setting may help solve the problem.
•Auto photo fix set.•
Selecting ON will prioritize the printing of the Exif information in the image.
•Prevent double-feed•
Select ON to prevent double-feed of plain paper.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed.•
168
LAN settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Print LAN details
Wi-Fi
•Wi-Fi enab./disable•
Enables or disables Wi-Fi.
•Wi-Fi setup•
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
Note
• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting Wi-Fi setup from the Setup menu screen and•
pressing the OK button.
◦Easy WL connect◦
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from
a device (such as a smartphone) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦Manual connect◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦WPS (Push button)◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦Other setup◦
▪Manual setup▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually.
▪WPS (PIN code)
▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
•Manual setup
•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
169
Wireless Direct
•Switch WL Direct•
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
•Change name (SSID)•
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
•Change password•
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
•Confirm request•
Set whether the printer displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting the printer.
•Manual setup•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
Print LAN details
You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID.
For more information on the printer's network setting is printed out:
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
Manual setup
•Set printer name
•
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.•
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.•
•TCP/IP settings•
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
•WSD setting•
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦Enable/disable WSD◦
170
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in•
Windows.
◦Optimize WSD-In◦
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦WSD scan from dev.◦
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD.
◦Timeout setting◦
Specifies the timeout length.
•Bonjour settings•
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦Enab./disab. Bonjour◦
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦Enter service name◦
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected•
devices.
•LPR setting•
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
•RAW protocol•
Enables/disables RAW printing.
•LLMNR•
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
•IPP settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
•IPsec settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec settings.
171
Other dev. settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
•Date/time setting•
Sets the current date and time.
Setting Sender Information
Important
• If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be reset.•
•Date display format•
Sets the format of dates displayed on the LCD and printed on sent faxes.
•DST setting•
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward
at certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Setting Sender Information
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Sound control•
Selects whether the beep sound in operations is enabled or not.
◦Keypad sound◦
Selects whether the beep sound is enabled or not when pressing the buttons on the operation
panel.
◦Alarm sound◦
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not.
◦Line monitor sound◦
Selects whether the line monitor sound is enabled or not.
◦Offhook alarm◦
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not when the phone receiver is not put on the hook
properly.
•Country and region•
Selects the country or region where you are using the printer.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
172
•Key repeat•
Selecting ON lets you quickly display candidate numbers or characters by holding down the button
during character entry.
•Orig. remov. remind.•
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the•
original may not be detected.
•Wi-Fi pairing•
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦Enab./disab. pairing◦
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦Additional pairing◦
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦Del. paired devices◦
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
173
Language selection
Changes the language for LCD messages and menus.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Indonesian / Vietnamese
174
Firmware update
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the internet.•
•Install update•
Performs the firmware update of the printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.•
Check the network settings.
If Cannot connect to the server; try again is displayed on the LCD, press the OK button and
try again after a while.
•Current version•
You can check the current firmware version.
•Update notification•
You can set the printer to display the firmware update information on the LCD when the firmware update
is available.
When Idle/Power off is selected, the printer informs you of the update during idle and the update
information also appears when you press the ON button.
•Auto update setting•
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
•DNS server setup•
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
•Proxy server setup•
Performs settings for a proxy server. Select Use or Do not use. If you select Use, follow the display on
the LCD to perform settings.
175
Reset setting
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can set the settings back to the default.
•Web service setup•
Returns the Web service settings back to the default.
•LAN settings•
Returns the LAN settings back to the default.
•Telephone no. data•
Returns the telephone/fax number settings to default.
•Setting data•
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items other than the network
settings or the fax settings back to the default.
•Fax settings•
Returns the fax settings back to the default. Disconnect the telephone line from the printer before you
return this setting item back to the default.
•All data•
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
The cumulative usage count of copy, scan, fax, etc. registered in Print usage stats.
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
The country or region selected for Country and region
You can delete the registered user's name or telephone number following the procedure below.
1. Displays Add unit tel. number or Displays Add unit name.1.
Setting Sender Information
2. Delete all the numbers and the letters by pressing the Back button.2.
3. Press the OK button after deleting all the numbers and the letters.3.
176
Feed settings
Select this menu from Setup menu.
Note
• By registering the paper size and the media type, the message can be displayed before printing starts•
when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
•Save paper info•
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the front tray.
•Det. paper mismatch•
If you select ON, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those
registered in Save paper info. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message is
displayed on the LCD.
•Detect reinsertion•
If you select ON, the printer detects paper insertion and removal. When the paper information
registration screen is displayed, register the paper size and the media type.
177
ECO settings
This setting allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Turning off Printer Automatically
Turning on Printer Automatically
Using Two-sided Printing
Turning off Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent
to the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.3.
4. Select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Auto power off and then press the OK button.5.
6. Select a time to turn off the printer and then press the OK button.
6.
Turning on Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer or the printer is
operated for scanning from the computer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Auto power on and then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select ON and then press the OK button.
6.
178
Using Two-sided Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select 2-sidedPrintSetting and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
5.
•Copy
•
Select two-sided copying as a default.
•Template print
•
Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
•Fax print•
Select two-sided printing of sent/received faxes, reports, or lists as a default.
179
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
In addition, you can specify the time range to reduce the operating noise.
Important
• Set the current date and time in advance.•
Setting Sender Information
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Quiet mode and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select ON or Specify hrs of use and then press the OK button.4.
• When ON is selected:•
You can reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
• When Specify hrs of use is selected:•
The screen to specify starting/ending time is displayed. Use the button to move the cursor
under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to enter the time, then press the OK button.
You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time.
Important
• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when OFF is selected.•
•This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain
•
noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
180
System information
Select this menu from Setup menu.
•Current version•
Displays the current firmware version.
•Printer name•
Displays the printer name currently specified.
•Serial number•
Displays the printer serial number.
181
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
The total number of uses of printer can be printed and checked.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3. Press the Setup button.
3.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Print usage stats and then press the OK button.
4.
The total number of uses of printer is printed.
182
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): 7 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 0.8 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.3 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 17.2 x 11.7 x 7.5 in. (Approx. 435 x 295 x 189 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 12.7 lb (Approx. 5.8 kg)
* With the FINE Cartridges installed.
183
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size Platen: A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
ADF: A4/Letter/Legal, 8.5 x 15.7 in. (216 x 399 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
600 x 1200 dpi *
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Fax Specifications
Applicable line Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
IP phone line (IP phone line with quality of no problem at all by using in
conversation)
Communication mode Super G3, G3
Data compressing system Black: MH, MR, MMR
Color: JPEG
Modem speed max. 33.6 kbps
(Automatic fallback)
Transmission speed Black: Approx. 3 seconds/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.)
Gradation Black: 256 levels
Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit)
Density adjustment 3 levels
Memory Transmission/reception: approx. 50 pages
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Fax resolution Black Standard: 203 pels/in. x 98 lines/in. (8 pels/mm x 3.85 lines/mm)
Black Fine, Photo: 203 pels/in. x 196 lines/in. (8 pels/mm x 7.7 lines/mm)
Black Extra fine: 300 x 300 dpi
Color: 200 x 200 dpi
Dialing Automatic dialing
184
• Recipient (max. 20 destinations)•
• Group dial (max. 19 destinations)•
Regular dialing
Automatic redialing
Manual redialing (max. 10 destinations)
Others Activity report (after every 20 transactions)
Sequential broadcasting (max. 21 destinations)
Rejected numbers (max. 10 destinations)
Err reduction (VoIP) *
* For details, see "Err reduction (VoIP)" in "Adv. fax settings".
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed operating
system.
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
185
macOS
Operating System macOS High Sierra 10.13.6 - macOS Big Sur 11
Other Supported OS
iOS, iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
186
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.•
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>•
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>•
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>•
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>•
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>•
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>•
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>•
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>•
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>•
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>•
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>•
188
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
• Envelopes•
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
• Letter•
• Legal•
• A5•
• A4•
• B5•
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)•
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)•
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)•
• Envelope Com 10•
• Envelope DL•
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 4.00 x 6.00 in. (101.6 x 152.4 mm)•
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)•
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2)•
189
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the front tray and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Front Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Front Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 Approx. 80 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm): 10
sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15): 20 sheets
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
1 sheet
190
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Front Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
Envelopes 5 envelopes
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
191
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
• Damp paper•
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing•
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards•
• Postcards•
• Envelopes with a double flap•
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface•
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive•
• Any type of paper with holes•
• Paper that is not rectangular•
• Paper bound with staples or glue•
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
192
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
193
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment•
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement•
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer2.
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer3.
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "Paper Settings."
4. Start printing from your application software4.
The Print dialog opens.
5. Select printer
5.
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
197
Note
•Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.
6. Check print settings
6.
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Media Type from Media & Quality of
the pop-up menu.
Select Auto Select for Media Type.
Remove the Two-Sided check mark if you are not printing on both sides of the paper.
Important
•An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
registered on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
•If printing paper such as photo paper that cannot be printed on both sides, uncheck the Two-
Sided checkbox.
198
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
7. Click Print7.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac, refer to the following.
Print result image Orientation of print data Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image. Load the envelope in vertically with the address side
facing up so that the folded flap of the envelope will
be faced down on the right side.
199
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Set the Amount of extension on the printer operation panel
1.
For information on how to set the amount of extension, see "Print settings."
Important
• When the Amount: Large is set, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
2. Select sheet size for borderless printing2.
Select XXX Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog.
3. Click Print
3.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
200
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• The use of borderless printing is not recommended if Plain Paper is selected for Media Type in
Media & Quality.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
If you are not satisfied with the borderless printing results, reduce the amount of extension in printer
operation panel.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount: Minimum slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size.
201
Adding Printer
Procedure for adding printer to your Mac is explained.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners, click + next to the
printer list, and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1. Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
1.
Note
•It may take a little time for your printer to appear.
2. Select the printer
2.
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
•Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is either connected to the wireless router or directly connected to the PC (Direct
Connection)
3. Select Secure AirPrint from Use3.
4. Click Add4.
The printer is added to your Mac.
202
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Print dialog opens.
203
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen1.
•If the print data has been sent to the printer
•
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
printer icon displayed on the Dock.
•If the print data has not been sent to the printer
•
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Open Print Queue....
2. Check the printing status
2.
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
204
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
2.
The print status check screen appears.
3. Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
3.
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
205
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if you are not logged on as the administrator. For information about an
administrative user, see Users & Groups from System Preferences.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
1.
2. Delete printer from list of printers
2.
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
206
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
207
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
208
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type, the message is displayed before printing starts when the
paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
When you load paper on the front tray
The screen to register the front tray paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5•
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4•
209
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Check the contents of the displayed message, press the OK button and then choose one of the following.
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the front tray without
changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the front tray.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the front tray before you start printing/
copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
210
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the COPY button.
3.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Load original document on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
4.
5. Confirm the page size (A) and magnification (B).
5.
Note
• To change or confirm the page size, magnification, or other settings, press the Menu/Wireless•
connect button, then use the button to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
• Press the COPY button to reset the magnification to 100%.•
6. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.6.
7. Press the Black button or the Color button.7.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen or from the document output slot after copying is complete.
Important
•If you load the original on the platen, do not open the document cover or remove the original while
•
Scanning... is displayed on the LCD.
•If you load the original in the ADF, do not move the original until copying is complete.
•
Note
•If you load the original on the platen, you can add the copying job while printing.
•
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
212
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
If you load the original on the platen, you can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen like shown below is displayed when you can reserve copy.
Load the original on the platen and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as the
one which you previously pressed.
Note
• When Print quality is set High, or you load the original in the ADF, you cannot add the copying job.•
• If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method•
to cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel last reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to reserve copy, Memory is full may appear on the LCD.•
Press the OK button and wait a while, then try copying again.
• If Try again appears on the LCD when scanning, press the OK button, then press the Stop button to•
cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have not been finished copying.
213
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page size, media type, and intensity.
In the copy mode, press the Menu/Wireless connect button, use the button to select a setting item,
then press the OK button.
Use the button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Copy standby screen when all the settings are complete.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
•Enlarge/Reduce•
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed under the following conditions.•
When standard copying is selected
When Borderless copy is selected for Special copy
•Copy intensity•
Change the intensity (brightness).
Ex:
Note
• If you select Auto adjust, load the original on the platen.•
• If you select Manual adjust, use the button to decrease the intensity or the button to•
increase it.
•Page size•
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Ex:
214
Note
• Some of setting items are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Media type•
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Ex:
•Print quality•
Select the print quality according to the original.
Ex:
Note
• Select High to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or•
white.
•4-on-1 layout•
Select the layout when copying four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Four different layouts are available.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 4-on-1 copy is selected for Special copy.•
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
•Collate•
Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Collated Copying
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed when standard copying is selected.•
•2-sided•
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
215
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 2-sided copy is selected for Special copy.•
Two-Sided Copying
•Stapling side•
Select the orientation and the stapling side of the printed paper.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 2-sided copy is selected for Special copy.•
Two-Sided Copying
216
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
218
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
220
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
221
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.•
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Check that scanner or printer is turned on.1.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3.
4. Click Auto.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to
make advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
222
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
223
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
2.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
3.
item in the Settings dialog.
Note
•Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
•In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
224
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the•
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
• When using a personal scanner in the upright position, the item type may not be detected automatically.
In that case, specify the item type in IJ Scan Utility and scan.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
•If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area)
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
226
of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
•Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a for-
mat other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (di-
agonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
•In IJ Scan Utility Lite, place up to 12 items.
•Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are cor-
rected automatically.
Important
•Inkjet All-In-One printer:
•
For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, click Home to return to the top page of the
Online Manual for your model and search for
"Loading Originals."
•Personal scanner:•
For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, click Home to return to the top page of the
Online Manual for your model and search for
"Items You Can Place & How to Place Items."
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, click Home to return to the top page of
the Online Manual for your model and search for "Supported Originals."
227
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.1.
2. Open document tray (A).2.
3. Slide the document guide (B) all the way out.
3.
4. Load document with side to scan facing up in document tray.4.
Insert the document until it stops.
5. Adjust document guide to match width of document.
5.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed
properly.
228
Note
• When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned correctly
if placed the other way around.
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
1. Place item on platen.
1.
1. Open the document cover.1.
2. Place the item with the side to scan facing the platen, and then align it with the alignment2.
mark.
Important
•If you open the document cover wide, the scanner may fall over.
•Portions placed over (A) (0.094 inch (2.4 mm) from the left edge of the platen) or (B) (0.106 inch
•
(2.7 mm) from the front edge) cannot be scanned.
2. Gently close document cover.
2.
229
While scanning, hold the document cover gently with your hand to keep it closed.
Important
•Keep these points in mind when using the scanner in the upright position.
Do not subject the scanner to vibration during operation. The correct image results may not
be obtained (for example, images may blur).
The item type may not be detected automatically. In that case, specify the item type in IJ
Scan Utility and scan.
230
Preparing for Faxing
Connect the printer to the telephone line and set up the printer before using the faxing functions. Then
specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Important
• If the Power Disconnects:•
If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be
reset.
The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
All faxes stored in the printer's memory, such as unsent and received faxes, will be lost.
If the power disconnects, the following will apply:
You will not be able to send or receive faxes, make copies, or scan originals.
When you are connecting the telephone, whether or not you can use it depends upon your
telephone line or telephone.
Setting Up Printer
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function.
All Setup
FAX Setup Guide
Individual Setup
Step1 Connecting Telephone Line
Step2 Setting Telephone Line Type
Step3 Setting Receive Mode
Step4 Setting Sender Information
Note
•You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the LCD.
•
Easy setup
If you set up according to the instruction on the LCD, the receive mode is set to Tel. priority mode or
Fax only mode. To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch, change the receive mode.
Setting Receive Mode
232
Connecting Telephone Line
The connection method differs depending on your telephone line.
• If you connect the printer to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the printer with the xDSL splitter:•
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
• If you connect the printer to another line such as an xDSL:•
Connecting Various Lines
If the connection is incorrect, the printer cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the printer correctly.
Important
• Do not connect fax devices and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).•
If two or more fax devices and/or telephones are connected in parallel, the following problems may
occur and the printer may not operate properly.
If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or
reception, the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur.
Such services as Caller ID, etc. may not operate properly on the telephone.
If you cannot avoid parallel connections, set the receive mode to Tel. priority mode, understanding
that the above problems may occur. You will only be able to receive faxes manually.
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
Make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the telephone
line jack near the "LINE" mark of the printer, then connect the other end to the telephone line jack on the
wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter.
When you connect the telephone to the printer, make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end
of the modular cable to the external device jack near the "EXT." mark of the printer, then connect the other
end to the telephone line jack of the telephone.
233
Important
• Be sure to connect the telephone line before the printer is turned on.•
If you connect the telephone line when the printer is turned on, turn the printer off and unplug the
power cord. Wait for 1 minute then connect the telephone line and power plug.
Note
• Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack.•
• Before connecting a telephone or answering machine, remove the Telephone connector cap.•
•For users in the UK:•
If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the printer, you will need to
purchase a B.T. adapter to connect as follows:
Attach the B.T. adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device, then connect the B.T.
adapter to the external device jack.
Connecting Various Lines
This section introduces how to connect various lines.
These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition. For details, refer
to the instruction manual supplied with the network device (control devices such as an xDSL (Digital
Subscriber Line) modem or terminal adapter) you are connecting to this printer.
Note
• xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line•
such as ADSL/HDSL/SDSL/VDSL.
234
•Connecting to an Internet Telephone•
A: Digital Subscriber Line
B: xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C: Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone
D: Computer
E: Telephone or answering machine
F: WAN (Wide Area Network) port
G: LAN (Local Area Network) port
H: TEL port
I: LINE port
* Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in•
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
•Connecting to an xDSL•
A: Analog Subscriber Line
B: xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C: Computer
D: Telephone or answering machine
Important
• When the splitter is not built-in to the xDSL modem, do not branch the telephone line before the•
splitter (wall side). And also, do not connect splitters in parallel. The printer may not be able to
operate properly.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in•
Telephone line type.
235
Setting Telephone Line Type
Before using your printer, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you
are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections,
contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type.
Important
•For users in China•
After plugging the power cord and turning on the printer, the telephone line type is selected
automatically. However, if the printer is connected to the control device such as an xDSL modem
or terminal adapter, the telephone line type may not be selected correctly.
In this case, set the line type manually.
For details on how to set the Telephone line type manually in China:
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
Note
•Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported.•
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Telephone line type, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.
6.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
7. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
7.
237
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
This section describes the procedure to set the telephone line type manually in China.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Tel. line auto select, then press the OK button.
5.
The current telephone line type is displayed.
Note
• If you do not need to change the telephone line type, press the FAX button to return to the Fax•
standby screen.
6. Select OFF, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.7.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
8.
238
Setting Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
For details on how to set the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
You can select the appropriate mode.
For details on the selectable receive mode:
About Receive Mode
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
• The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.•
For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode:
Receiving Faxes
• If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls, you need to connect a telephone or•
an answering machine to the external device jack of this printer.
For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering machine to the printer:
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
Setting Receive Mode
This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select the receive mode, then press the OK button.
5.
The confirmation message for the advanced settings appears.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
•For details on the receive mode:
•
About Receive Mode
239
•DRPD is available only in the US and Canada.•
•Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive
•
mode.
6. If you make the advanced settings, select Yes and press the OK button. If not, select No
6.
and press the OK button.
Make the advanced settings as necessary.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
About Receive Mode
You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for
fax, etc.
•Tel. priority mode•
Select when mainly receiving voice calls (with a telephone or answering machine connected to the
printer).
Receiving operation:
1. When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.1.
2. Pick up the handset.2.
If the call is a voice call, talk on the telephone.
If the call is a fax, hang up the handset after the printer starts receiving the fax.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printer, depending•
on the type or settings of the telephone.
•DRPD or Network switch•
Select when receiving voice calls (with a telephone or answering machine connected to the printer)
and subscribing to a ring pattern detection service provided by your telephone company.
Receiving operation:
1. When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.1.
2. The printer detects a fax call by the fax ring pattern.2.
If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
If the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printers, depending•
on the type or settings of the telephone.
240
•Fax only mode•
Select when not receiving voice calls.
Receiving operation:
1. When a fax incomes, the printer will receive the fax automatically.1.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
•Advanced setting in Tel. priority mode•
You can specify the following setting items.
◦Manual/auto switch◦
If you select ON, the printer automatically receives faxes after the external device rang a specified
length of time.
Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the length of time until automatic reception
is started.
◦User-friendly RX◦
If you select ON, the printer automatically switches from telephone calling to fax reception by
detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone or the answering
machine answers. When you have an answering machine connected to the printer, select ON to
switch to fax reception automatically after the answering machine answers.
If you select OFF, the printer does not switch from telephone calling to fax reception automatically
even if the printer detects the fax signal (CNG signal). Select OFF if you want the printer not to
switch automatically during a call.
Note
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the number of times the external device•
rings specified with Incoming ring in Fax only mode is available in Tel. priority mode.
If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in Tel. priority mode,
select Fax only mode for Receive mode set. under Fax menu, specify the number of times the
external device rings with Incoming ring, then switch to Tel. priority mode for Receive mode
set..
•If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, we recommend that Manual/auto
•
switch be set to OFF.
•Advanced setting in Fax only mode
•
You can specify the following setting item.
◦Incoming ring
◦
241
Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of times the external device
rings when incoming.
•Advanced setting in DRPD•
You can specify the following setting items.
◦DRPD: Fax ring pat.◦
Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the printer assumes is a fax call.
If you subscribe to a DRPD service, set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your
telephone company.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
◦Incoming ring◦
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
•Advanced setting in Network switch•
You can specify the following setting item.
◦Incoming ring◦
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone
company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring
patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice
calls using only one telephone line. Your printer will automatically monitor the ring pattern, and will
automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call.
To use DRPD, follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by
your telephone company.
Note
• Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select DRPD, then press the OK button.
5.
242
The confirmation screen asking whether to make advanced settings is displayed.
6. Select Yes, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select DRPD: Fax ring pat., then press the OK button.
7.
The DRPD: Fax ring pat. screen is displayed.
8. Select the ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to your fax number, then8.
press the OK button.
Select from Normal ring, Double ring, Short-short-long, or Short-long-short.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.9.
243
Setting Sender Information
You can set the sender information such as user information and date/time.
About Sender Information
Setting Date and Time
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Registering User Information
About Sender Information
If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as
sender information on the recipient's fax.
A: Date and time of transmission
B: Unit fax/telephone number
C: Unit name
D: The registered recipient's name is printed when sending faxes.
E: Page number
Note
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
• When sending faxes in black & white, you can select whether to print the sender information inside or•
outside the image area.
Specify the setting on TTI position in Adv. fax settings under Fax settings.
Adv. fax settings
• You can select the date print format from three formats: YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, and DD/MM/•
YYYY.
Select the date print format on Date display format under Other dev. settings.
Other dev. settings
Setting Date and Time
This section describes the procedure to set the date and time.
244
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Device settings, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Other dev. settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Date/time setting, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Set the date and time.
6.
Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, then use the Numeric buttons to
enter the date and time.
Enter the time in 24-hour format.
Enter only the last two digits of the year.
7. Press the OK button.7.
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
8.
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward at
certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Important
• Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for DST setting by default. You•
need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or region.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
245
3. Select Device settings, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Other dev. settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select DST setting, then press the OK button.5.
6. Select ON, then press the OK button.6.
To disable summer time, select OFF.
7. Set the date and time when summer time starts.
7.
1. Select Start date/time, then press the OK button.
1.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.
2.
3. Select the month when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select the week when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
6.
7. Select the day of the week when summer time starts, then press the OK button.7.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.8.
9. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to9.
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
8. Set the date and time when summer time ends.8.
1. Use the button to select End date/time, then press the OK button.1.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.2.
3. Use the button to select the month when summer time ends, then press the OK button.3.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Use the button to select the week when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
6.
7. Use the button to select the day of the week when summer time ends, then press the OK
7.
button.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.
8.
9. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to
9.
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
246
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.9.
Registering User Information
This section describes the procedure to register the user information.
Note
• Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Add unit tel. number•
and Add unit name on the Fax user settings screen (for US only).
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Enter the unit fax/telephone number.
5.
1. Make sure that Add unit tel. number is selected, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit fax/telephone number.2.
3. Press the OK button.3.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces.•
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
6. Enter the unit name.
6.
1. Make sure that Add unit name is selected, then press the OK button.
1.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit name.
2.
3. Press the OK button.
3.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces.
•
•For details on how to enter or delete characters:
•
247
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering recipients in the printer's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers simply.
The following methods to register are available:
• Recipient registration•
Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a
registered recipient in the printer directory.
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
• Group dial registration•
You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group. You can send the same
document to all the registered recipients in the group.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
You can register up to 20 recipients in total of individual recipients and group dials.
Note
• To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Changing Registered•
Information.
• To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Deleting Registered•
Information.
• To print a list of the recipient's fax/telephone numbers and names registered, see Printing List of•
Registered Destinations.
• You can register, change, or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using•
Speed Dial Utility on the computer.
For Windows:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
For macOS:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (macOS)
250
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Before you can use the printer's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. Follow
the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.6.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
7.
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, the fax/telephone number is displayed next to the ID•
number. If you already registered the group dial, (Not available) is displayed.
8. Select a registration method, then press the OK button.
8.
9. Register the recipients' fax/telephone number.
9.
•From outgoing log is selected as the registration method:
•
The screen to select the fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
1. Select a fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
1.
The fax/telephone number selected from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
251
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
•From incoming log is selected as the registration method:•
The screen to select the fax/telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is
displayed.
1. Select a fax/telephone number or a name, then press the OK button.
1.
The fax/telephone number selected from the incoming call logs is displayed.
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Enter directly is selected as the registration method:•
The screen to enter the fax/telephone number is displayed.
1. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the fax/telephone number you want to register.1.
2. Press the OK button.
2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,•
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
•Press the button twice to enter a pause.
•
•When Telephone line type in Fax user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
•
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's name.
10.
If you select a name on From incoming log in step 9, the name may be already entered. If you do not
change the name, go to step 11.
252
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.11.
Note
•To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate
•
in the same procedure.
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
•You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT
•
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
253
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document
successively to all recipients registered to the group dial.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.6.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
7.
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, (Not available) is displayed next to the ID number. If you•
already registered the group dial, the registered group name is displayed.
The Group member screen is displayed.
8. Register the registered recipient as a member of the group dial.
8.
1. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
1.
2. Choose a recipient to register as a member.
2.
You can choose a recipient with the two methods. The method can be switched by pressing the
button.
254
• When Add to group is displayed on the LCD:•
Use the button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
•When Enter first letter is displayed on the LCD:
•
After you use the Numeric buttons to enter the first letter of the recipient's name you want to
search, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order.
Use the button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
3. Press the OK button.
3.
The selected recipient is registered as a member of the group dial.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button to display the screen to select an ID number, then add4.
another member.
Repeat this step to register the other recipient to the same group dial.
Note
•You can check the recipient's ID number and name registered to the group dial by using the
•
button.
9. Press the OK button after finishing registering the member you want to register to the group
9.
dial.
The screen to enter the group name is displayed.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the group name.
10.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.
11.
255
Note
• To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.•
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
• You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL•
TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
256
Changing Registered Information
To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Change the registered information.6.
• To change the recipient's information:•
1. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient's ID number, then press the
2.
OK button.
3. Select Edit, then press the OK button.3.
The screen to select a registration method is displayed as well as when you register the
recipient.
4. Select a registration method, then press the OK button.4.
5. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number.5.
◦From outgoing log is selected as the registration method:
◦
The screen to select the fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
After you use the button to select a fax/telephone number and press the OK button,
the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
◦From incoming log is selected as the registration method:
◦
The screen to select the fax/telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is
displayed. After you use the button to select a fax/telephone number or a name and
press the OK button, the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone
number, then press the OK button.
257
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of•
purchase.
◦Enter directly is selected as the registration method:◦
The editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,
•
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
•Press the button twice to enter a pause.
•
•When Telephone line type in Fax user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
•
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
6. Change the recipient's name, then press the OK button.6.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• To change a group dial:•
1. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to change,
2.
then press the OK button.
3. Select Edit, then press the OK button.3.
4. Edit the member of the group dial.4.
To add a member, press the Menu/Wireless connect button to display the screen to select
an ID number and then add another member.
To delete a member, select a member to delete and then press the Tone button.
5. Change the group name, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
258
Deleting Registered Information
To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Delete the registered information.6.
• To delete the recipient's information:•
1. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient's ID number, then press the
2.
OK button.
3. Select Delete, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Yes, then press the OK button.4.
•To delete a group dial:
•
1. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to delete,
2.
then press the OK button.
3. Select Delete, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Yes, then press the OK button.
4.
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
259
Printing List of Registered Destinations
You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the printer to refer to when dialing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the FAX button.
3.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
4.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
5. Select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select Directory list, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select an item to print, then press the OK button.7.
• If you selected Recipient:•
The confirmation screen asking if you print the list alphabetically by name is displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in
alphabetical order.
If you select No and press the OK button, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in
the order of the ID number.
• If you selected Group dial:•
GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST is printed.
260
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
About Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 is a utility for forwarding the telephone directory registered on the printer to a computer
and registering/changing it on the computer. In addition, you can register the telephone directory edited on
the computer to the printer. You can also save them on the computer as a backup.
For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed
Dial Utility2.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
261
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Important
• Before starting up Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer correctly.
• Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the printer is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep or
standby mode.
• If your printer is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the printer is connected to the
computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility2 via LAN connection.
• The password entry screen may appear during startup or operation. If it appears, enter the
administrator password, and then click OK. If you do not know the administrator password, contact
the administrator of the printer.
Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1. Select Applications on Go menu of Finder.
1.
2. Double-click Canon Utilities folder.
2.
3. Double-click Speed Dial Utility2 folder.
3.
4. Double-click Speed Dial Utility2.
4.
Speed Dial Utility2 starts up.
Note
• You can also start up Speed Dial Utility2 from Quick Utility Toolbox.
262
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog
The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility2 dialog.
1. Printer Name:1.
Selects the printer for editing the telephone directory using Speed Dial Utility2.
Behind printer name, printer's MAC address is displayed.
Note
• For checking printer's MAC address, refer to "Checking Network Information" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual.
•For printer that supports both wireless LAN connection and wired LAN connection, MAC address
of wired LAN connection is displayed regardless of the connection method.
2. Display Printer Settings
2.
Loads the telephone directory registered on the printer that selected for Printer Name: into Speed Dial
Utility2.
3. Setting Item List:
3.
Selects a setting item for editing. Choose one item from TEL Number Registration, User Information
Setting, and Rejected Number Setting.
4. Registered information list
4.
Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List:.
263
Note
• By clicking on the item name, you can sort the display order.
5. Edit.../Select All/Delete5.
Edits the item that selected for Setting Item List:, or deletes the item, or selects all the items.
When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button.
6. Load from PC...
6.
Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer.
7. Instructions
7.
Displays this guide.
8. Exit
8.
Quits Speed Dial Utility2. Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility2 is neither saved on
the computer nor registered on the printer.
9. Save to PC...9.
Saves the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
10. Register to Printer10.
Registers the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 to the printer.
264
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your
Computer
Follow the procedure below to save the telephone directory (includes recipients' name, recipients' fax/
telephone number, group dial, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers) that
registered on the printer to the computer.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Save to PC....
3.
4. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
4.
Note
•The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) can be imported to other printer.
•
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
265
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
4.
The Individual or Group Selection dialog is displayed.
5. Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial, and then click Next....5.
•If Register individual TEL number is selected:
•
1. Enter name.1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number.
2.
• If Register group dial is selected:•
1. Enter group name.
1.
2. Select a code you want to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
2.
266
Note
• You can only add the numbers that have already been registered.
6. Click OK.6.
To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6.
•To save the registered information on the computer.
•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
2.
•To register the registered information to the printer:
•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
2.
The information is registered to the printer.
267
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
4.
• If an individual fax/telephone number is selected:•
1. Enter a new name.1.
2. Enter a new fax/telephone number.2.
• If a group dial is selected:•
1. Enter a new group name.
1.
2. Add or delete a member to/from group dial.
2.
To add a member:
Select a code to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
To delete a member:
Select a code to delete from group dial, and then click << Delete.
268
5. Click OK.5.
To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.•
1. Click Save to PC....
1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
2.
•To register the edited information to the printer:
•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
2.
The information is registered to the printer.
269
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
4.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
5. When confirmation screen appears, click OK.5.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
To continue deleting fax/telephone numbers, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on the displayed screen, and then click Save.2.
• To register the edited information to the printer:•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.2.
The information is registered to the printer.
270
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:.
3.
The user's information is displayed.
4. Select an item to change, and then click Edit....
4.
The User Information dialog is displayed.
5. Enter new user's name on User Name and new fax/telephone number in TEL Number,
5.
and then click OK.
• To save the edited information on the computer:•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
2.
• To register the edited information to the printer:•
1. Click Register to Printer.1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.2.
The information is registered to the printer.
271
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial
Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of rejected numbers is displayed.
•To register a rejected number:
•
1. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog, and then click OK.
2.
•To change a rejected number:
•
1. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog, and then click OK.2.
• To delete a rejected number:•
1. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.1.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
272
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your
Computer to Printer
You can load the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) and register it to your printer.
The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer can be loaded and
registered to your printer.
Note
• In Speed Dial Utility2, the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported using Speed
Dial Utility can be loaded.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Load from PC....
3.
4. Select a data of telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) to register to your printer.
4.
5. Click Open on dialog.5.
The selected telephone directory is displayed.
Note
• If you select the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer,
the confirmation message appears. Click OK.
6. Click Register to Printer.6.
The telephone directory that has been saved on the computer is registered to your printer.
273
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect•
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
3.
Important
• When sending a double-sided document, load the document on the platen. Double-sided•
documents cannot be automatically scanned and sent from the ADF.
Note
• For details on the types, conditions of document, and how to load the document:•
Loading Originals
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.4.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Use the Numeric buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
5.
Use the following buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
Numeric buttons:
Enters the number.
button:
Enters a space.
button:
Deletes the last character you entered.
275
button:
By pressing this button once, "#" is entered. By pressing this button one more time, "P" is entered.
6. Press the Black button or the Color button.
6.
The printer starts scanning the document.
Important
•Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
•
• Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed.
•
7. Start sending.
7.
•If you load the document in the ADF:
•
The printer scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax.
Note
•To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
•
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
•If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
•
Original in ADF [OK]Eject the original is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button,
the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
•If you load the document on the platen:
•
After scanning the document, the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is
displayed.
To send the scanned document, press the OK button to start sending it.
To send two or more pages, follow the message to load the next page, and press the Color or
Black button. After scanning all pages, press the OK button to start sending.
Note
• To cancel sending the fax, press the Stop button.•
Note
• When your printer is connected to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) system, refer to the operating•
instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient's fax/telephone number.
• In case the printer was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the•
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
• Unsent documents, such as those pending redial, are stored in the printer's memory. They are not•
stored in the case of a sending error.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
276
• Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent•
documents stored in the printer's memory are lost.
277
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing.
• Automatic Redialing•
If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the printer will redial the number after a specified
interval.
Automatic Redialing
• Manual Redialing•
You can redial to the recipients dialed using the Numeric buttons.
Manual Redialing
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect•
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• Automatic redialing is enabled by default.•
• For details on the basic sending operations:•
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Automatic Redialing
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Adv. fax settings under Fax
settings.
Adv. fax settings
Important
•While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory temporarily until the
•
sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic
redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted and not sent.
Note
•To stop automatic redialing, wait until the printer starts redialing, then press the Stop button.
•
•To cancel automatic redialing, delete the unsent fax from the printer's memory while the printer is
•
on-standby for a redial operation. For details, see Deleting Document in Printer's Memory.
278
Manual Redialing
Follow the procedure below for manual redialing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
3.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
4.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
5.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
6. Select Redial, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select the recipient's number to redial, then press the OK button.
7.
8. Press the Black button or the Color button.8.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.•
Note
• For manual redialing, the printer memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax/•
telephone numbers. Note that the printer does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial
function or selecting from the directory.
• To cancel manual redialing, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in•
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,•
Original in ADF [OK]Eject the original is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
279
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
If you select Fax TX settings after pressing the Menu/Wireless connect button on the Fax standby screen,
you can specify the settings of the scan contrast and the scan resolution.
Adjust the scan contrast and resolution following the procedure below.
1. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button on the Fax standby screen.1.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
2. Select Fax TX settings, then press the OK button.
2.
3. Select Scan contrast, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select the scan contrast, then press the OK button.
4.
The button decreases the scan contrast, and the button increases the scan contrast.
5. Select Scan resolution, then press the OK button.5.
6. Select the scan resolution.
6.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
Standard
Suitable for text-only documents.
Fine
Suitable for fine-print documents.
Extra fine
Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
If the recipient's fax device is not compatible with Extra fine (300 x 300 dpi), the fax will be sent in
the Standard or Fine resolution.
Photo
Suitable for photographs.
Note
•When sending a color fax, documents are always scanned in the same resolution (200 x 200 dpi).
•
The image quality (compression rate) is determined by which scan resolution is selected, except
that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality.
280
7. Press the OK button.7.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen.
281
Sending Faxes Using AirPrint
You can send faxes from a printer using AirPrint.
To send faxes, add your printer to your computer.
Checking Environment
First, check your environment.
•AirPrint operation environment•
A computer running Mac OS.
Note
• For supported operating system versions, click Home to return to the top page of the Online
Manual for your model and search for "Specifications."
•Requirement•
The computer and your printer must be connected correctly.
Adding Printer to Computer
1. Open System Preferences and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan).1.
2. Click + to display printer list.2.
3. Select printer model name with Bonjour Multifunction displayed.3.
Note
• If the printer does not appear, check the following.
The printer is turned on.
The firewall function of the security software is off.
The printer is connected to the access point or directly connected to the computer.
•If using the printer with USB connection, select USB Multifunction.
4. Select Secure AirPrint or AirPrint from Use.
4.
5. Click Add.
5.
Sending Fax
Note
• Only black and white transmission is supported.
1. Make sure printer is on.
1.
283
2. In application, open document to fax.2.
3. Open Print dialog.3.
To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.
4. Select Canon XXX series - Fax (where "XXX" is the model name) from Printer list.4.
5. Specify fax paper settings as needed.
5.
284
6. Enter fax/telephone numbers in To.
6.
285
If you specify a dialing prefix, enter the code in Dialing Prefix and specify the cover page settings as
needed.
7. Click Fax.7.
The number is dialed automatically and the fax is sent.
Note
•To cancel sending the fax, press the printer's Stop button.
Automatic Redialing
If the fax could not be sent (for example, when the recipient was busy), the number is redialed
automatically according to the automatic redialing setting of the printer.
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Note
• To cancel automatic redialing, wait until redialing starts, and then press the printer's Stop button.
• For more details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and
search for "FAX settings."
286
General Notes (Fax Transmission Using AirPrint)
Sending faxes is subject to the following restrictions.
• Enter the characters in To and Dialing Prefix so that the total number of characters is within 40
characters.
• You can use the following characters for To:•
Character Explanation
0 - 9 * # For use in telephone and fax numbers.
+ space To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
• You can use the following characters for Dialing Prefix:•
Character Explanation
0 - 9 * # For use in telephone and fax numbers.
p To place a pause between numbers.
T Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal.
+ space To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
287
Receiving Faxes
This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax.
Preparing for Receiving a Fax
Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Make sure of the receive mode setting.
3.
Make sure of the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note
• For details on how to change the receive mode:•
Setting Receive Mode
4. Load paper.
4.
Load the sheets of plain paper.
5. Specify the paper settings as necessary.5.
Changing Paper Settings
This completes the preparation for receiving fax.
When a fax is received, it is printed on the loaded paper automatically.
Receiving a Fax
Depending on the selected receive mode, the receive operation varies.
Note
• For details on the receive mode:•
Setting Receive Mode
• You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.•
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
289
• If the printer was not able to print a received fax, the printer stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its•
memory.
Memory Reception
When Tel. priority mode is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset. If you hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up
the handset.
The printer will receive the fax.
Note
• If the printer will not switch to fax reception, press the FAX button, then the Color or Black•
button to receive the fax.
• To receive a fax without picking up the handset, set Manual/auto switch of the advanced•
setting to ON. RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the printer
switches to fax reception.
• If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a•
specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern.
Then, the printer will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up.
The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed.
• Set the printer to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote•
reception).
Remote Reception
•When the answering machine is connected to the printer:•
If the answering machine is set to the answering mode, set User-friendly RX of the
advanced setting to ON. If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
290
If the answering mode is turned off on the answering machine, pick up the handset. If you
hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up the handset.
If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, set RX start time to longer
than the time before the answering machine starts playing the answering message. After
making this setting, we recommend that you call the answering machine using a mobile
phone, etc. to confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering machine.
Set your answering machine to answering mode and adjust it as follows:
The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds.
In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax.
•When the call is a voice call:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• If the printer unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls, set User-friendly•
RX of the advanced setting to OFF.
• If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, you must answer an incoming call•
by picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time. Otherwise the printer will
switch to fax reception.
When Fax only mode is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The printer will receive the fax automatically.
Note
• If a telephone is connected to the printer, the telephone will ring when a call incomes.•
291
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Incoming ring of the advanced•
setting.
When DRPD or Network switch is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note
•You can change the number of times to ring the telephone.
•
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
•When the call is a voice call:
•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
When the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone•
company.
•For DRPD•
You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
292
•For Network switch•
The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting
may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
293
Changing Paper Settings
This printer prints received faxes to paper loaded in the printer beforehand. You can use the operation panel
to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded
paper.
Important
• If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, Check page size•
Press [OK] are displayed on the LCD. In this case, load the same size of paper as that specified in the
paper size setting, then press the OK button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• If no paper is loaded, or paper has run out while printing is in progress, the error message for no paper•
is displayed on the LCD. In this case, load paper and press the OK button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter-size or Legal-size, such as 11 x 17 inches, the•
sender's printer may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided, or send only a part of the
original.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Fax paper settings, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select a setting item, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Specify the settings.
6.
Use the button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen when all the settings are complete or when pressing the
FAX button.
294
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
Page size
Select the page size from A4, Letter, or Legal.
Note
• Some of page sizes are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
Media type
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
2-sided
Select whether to perform two-sided printing when printing faxes, reports, or lists.
295
Memory Reception
If the printer was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. The
FAX Memory lamp is lit and Fax saved in memory is displayed at the Fax standby screen.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted. The next time you•
turn the printer on, press the OK button after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes
deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
If the printer receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the received fax will be automatically
stored in the printer's memory.
•The printer is set to store received faxes in its memory:•
When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings,
the received faxes are stored in the printer's memory.
You can print the faxes stored in the printer's memory from Memory reference in the Fax menu screen.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print•
settings under Fax settings.
Auto print settings
•An error has occurred on the printer:•
If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings, a received fax
will be printed automatically. However, if any of the following errors occurs, the received fax will not be
printed. It will instead be stored in the printer's memory.
When the error is resolved, the fax stored in the printer's memory is printed automatically.
◦ The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:◦
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.•
Set Print when no ink in Auto print settings under Fax settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings to store the received fax in the printer's
memory. After you replace the FINE cartridge and select Print for Received documents in
Auto print settings, the fax stored in the printer's memory will be printed automatically.
296
Auto print settings
◦ Paper has run out:◦
Load the paper and press the OK button.
◦ A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings is loaded:◦
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings, and then press
the OK button.
•You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:•
To resume printing of the fax, display the Fax standby screen by pressing the FAX button again.
Note
• The printer can store up to max. 50 pages* (max. 30 documents) of faxes in the printer's memory.•
* When using ITU-T No.1 chart (Standard mode)
• If the printer's memory becomes full during memory reception, only pages which already have been•
received are stored in the memory. Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory, and then
delete them from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
297
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
If the sending faxes is not complete or the printer was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are
stored in the printer's memory.
If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the printer's memory.
In the following cases, the printer is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in
its memory.
• The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax.•
• Paper has run out.•
• A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings is loaded.•
•Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings.•
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax.•
Important
• If you unplug the power cord of the printer, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.•
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
You can print or delete the faxes stored in the printer's memory.
• To print a document in the printer's memory:•
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• To delete a document in the printer's memory:•
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• When confirming, printing, or deleting a document stored in the printer's memory, you specify it by its•
transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of
documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
For details on how to print MEMORY LIST, see Printing Document in Printer's Memory.
299
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
You can print a specified document in the printer's memory or print all the received documents in its memory
at a time.
When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the FAX button.
3.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
4.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
5. Select Memory reference, then press the OK button.5.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the•
LCD.
6. Select a print menu, then press the OK button.6.
Print memory list
You can print a list of the documents in the printer's memory (MEMORY LIST).
MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax (TX/RX NO.),
transaction mode, recipient's number, and the date and time of the transaction.
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent. A
transaction number from "5001" to "9999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received.
Print specified doc.
You can specify the document and print it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
•A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
•
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
•Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
•
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
300
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
• By pressing the button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD•
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
Specify the document and print it following the procedure below.
1. Select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want to print, then press the
1.
OK button.
2. Select whether to print only the first page of the document, then press the OK button.
2.
•If you select Yes:
•
Only the first page of the document will be printed.
The document is still stored in the printer's memory.
•If you select No:
•
All pages of the document will be printed.
The screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the printer's memory is
displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, the printed document in the printer's memory is
deleted.
Note
•If there is not the specified document in the printer's memory, No document is displayed,
•
and the printer returns to the previous screen.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.•
Print all RX docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can print all the received documents in the printer's memory.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, all the documents in the printer's memory will be printed.
Each time a document is printed, the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in
the printer's memory is displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, the printed document in the printer's memory is deleted.
301
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
You can delete a specified document in the printer's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a
time.
Note
• When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number (TX/RX no.). If you do•
not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST)
first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Memory reference, then press the OK button.4.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the•
LCD.
5. Select a delete menu, then press the OK button.5.
Del. specified doc.
You can specify the document and delete it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
•A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
•
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
•Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
•
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
302
• By pressing the button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD•
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
Specify the document and delete it following the procedure below.
1. Select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want to delete, then press the
1.
OK button.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
2. Select Yes, then press the OK button.
2.
The specified document will be deleted from printer's memory.
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.
•
Delete all docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can delete all the documents in the printer's memory.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, all the documents in the printer's memory will be deleted.
303
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
Network
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Network Key (Password) Unknown
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Installation
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected
via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Fax
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Cannot Receive a Fax/Cannot Receive a Color Fax
FAX Setup Guide
Frequently Asked Questions
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
USB Connection Problems
304
Printer Does Not Print
Printing (Copying) Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Ink Does Not Come Out
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Cannot Receive a Fax/Cannot Receive a Color Fax
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
305
Network FAQ
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
307
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
308
Cannot Find Printer on Network
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
• When you buy a new computer or wireless router•
• When you change the settings on your wireless router•
• When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed•
• When you forget the administrator password of the printer•
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data to reset the
administrator password to the default setting, and then redo setup.
Reset setting
For more on the setup procedure, click here.
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. After the condition improves, redo the setup of the
printer.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step1 Check Basic Items for Network.
Step2 Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Step3 If the Solution Tool Does not Solve the Problem.
Step1 : Check Basic Items for Network.
Check1 Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2. Check if printer is turned on2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
311
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check2 Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1. Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
1.
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
•Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
•
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
• For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual•
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
2. Check PC network connection.
2.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check3 Check printer's Wi-Fi settings.
Make sure icon is displayed on the LCD when Setup button is pressed.
Note
• When you press the Setup button, the icon is displayed only for a short time.•
Press the Setup button to display the icon again.
If or icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi.
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi enab./disable in this
order and select Enable.
312
If icon is displayed:
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Reconsider the locations of the
wireless router and the printer. Also, revisit the location of the wireless router and printer at the next check.
Check4 Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step2 : Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
•For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Step3 : If the Solution Tool Does not Solve the Problem.
Check1 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable the bidirectional support.
Check2 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check3 If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check4 Solve network troubles manually.
313
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
•For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
•
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3. Turn on printer.
3.
Check3 Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).1.
2. Turn off printer.
2.
315
3. Shut down computer.3.
After shutting down, restart your computer and install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
downloaded in step 1.
316
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Use the Wi-Fi Connection Assistant to diagnose and repair network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select either WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
•Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)•
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
318
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
319
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1 Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2 If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
320
Check3 If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
321
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Printing Out Network Settings Information:
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step1 Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step2 Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi or wired LAN, and that the Internet
can be used without problems.
Step3 Check that Wi-Fi setting of your printer is enabled.
When your printer has an LCD, make sure the icon indicating Wi-Fi is displayed.
Step4 Move printer and various devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) close to
wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and devices and the wireless router is too far, the communication quality is
poor. Place the printer and devices closer to the wireless router.
Step5 Print out network settings information
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the printed network settings information, check the entries in item "2-2"
C-0
It is connected correctly. If, nevertheless, the printer is not found on the network or printing is not possible,
check the following items.
323
Note
• If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2" see also the•
correspondence of the other codes.
Check1 Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check2 Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID) setting of
wireless router that communicates?
Check the "3-2-6" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the wireless
router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless router you
want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Check3 Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function enabled
on wireless router?
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless
router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check4 If MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
C-1
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon does not appear on the
printer's screen.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
C-3
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12" in the printed network settings
information is blank.)
Check the following items.
Check1 Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is wireless router
requesting manual addressing?
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
324
Check2 When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP address may not be
set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP
address applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set
the printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check1 Check status of printer and network device (e.g. wireless router) and your
computer/smartphone/tablet.
Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to communicate with this printer and a wireless router. A typical wireless router
can use the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands. In many cases, each frequency band is assigned a different
network name (SSID). Verify the network name (SSID) and password for the frequency band you connect to.
Match the network name (SSID) set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
Check2 Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check3 Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
•Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
•Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
•After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
to determine the installation location.
Check4 Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
Check5 In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed by
wireless router is restricted.
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
325
Note
•To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
Check6 If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving mode, turn off
energy-saving mode of wireless router.
If the problem seems to occur suddenly, it may be resolved by updating the wireless router firmware (e.g.
update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, etc.). For details, refer to the wireless router's
instruction manual.
Check7 If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
C-4
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
•Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
•Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
•After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8
Too many clients are connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than the
printer.
326
• If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare the value of "3-2-2" in
the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check1 Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check2 Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check3 Check DHCP on wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
C-11
The network name (SSID) remains the default value (The network name (SSID) has not been set). Check
the network name (SSID) of the wireless router.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
327
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1 Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check3 Print out network settings information.
See "Step1" to "Step5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the item "2-2" is not "C-8". If this is the case, the number of
connected printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check4 Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
•Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
328
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
•For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
•For macOS:•
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
3.
330
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
•For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
2.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
•For macOS:•
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
2.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.3.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network4.
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
5.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
331
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Important
• After initialization, all network connection information of the printer will be deleted, and printing,•
scanning, and faxing over the network will no longer be possible. To use the printer over a network
again after restoring printer's LAN settings to defaults, refer to Setup Guide to redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
333
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot Print (Scan) from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1 Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
•Turn on the printer or your device.
•If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3 Is printer connected to wireless router?
•Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router.
•
icon is displayed, when Setup button is pressed.
If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
•Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the
printer.
335
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network•
status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check4 Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key password) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5 Check that printer is not placed too far away from wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check6 Check that wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
336
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1 Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or your device.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Is Wireless Direct enabled?
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Switch WL
Direct in this order and select Yes.
Check3 Check settings of device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
•Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Check that wireless direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check6 Check that printer is not placed too far away from devices.
If the distance between the printer and devices is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and devices close to each other.
Check7 Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
337
Printer Does Not Print
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
•
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
•
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
•
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Note
•Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check3 Make sure paper settings match information set for front tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the front tray, an error message appears on the LCD.
Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
340
Note
•You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
•
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check4 If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
•For Windows:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•For macOS:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5 Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
•For Windows:
•
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
•
selected by default.
•For macOS:
•
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
•If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
•
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Check6 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.•
341
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.•
Check7 If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
342
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check2 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Retract the output tray extension
and the paper output tray, open the cover, remove the FINE cartridges and then check the following.
•Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.
•
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
•Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks into place.
•
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check3 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•For macOS:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2 Clean the print head.
343
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:•
Clean the print head
•For macOS:•
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3 Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:
•
Clean the print head deeply
•For macOS:
•
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5 Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6 Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
344
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1 Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
When the paper is loaded correctly, you will hear a beep.
Check2 When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.•
•When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
•
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•
•When you load the paper on the front tray, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right and left
•
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3 Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4 When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5 Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6 If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the printer, select the setting for
preventing double-feed of plain paper.
If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the printer, select the setting for preventing double-feed of plain paper
using the operation panel or your computer.
* After printing is finished, disable the setting for preventing double-feed of plain paper; otherwise, the setting is
applied from the next time.
• To set by using the operation panel•
345
Press the Setup button, select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent
double-feed to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
• To set by using your computer (Windows)•
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Maintenance Tab Description
2. Select Select Printer... and select printer you are using from pulldown menu and select2.
OK.
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Select the Prevent paper double-feed check box.4.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.5.
Check7 Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
•Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
•
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
346
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
•Copying/Printing
•
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
•Printing from your computer
•
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
•Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
•
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2 Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check3 If problem is not resolved, click on illustration that corresponds to problem.
347
Images Incomplete/
Cannot Complete
Printing
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
Note
•This web page is a common page across models. Depending on the specifications of the printer you are
•
using, some of the features described (scanner/copy, etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
349
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Note
• If black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.•
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Retract the output tray extension
and the paper output tray, open the cover, remove the FINE cartridges and then check the following.
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.•
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
•Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks into place.
•
350
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check4 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2 Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:•
Clean the print head
•For macOS:•
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3 Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:
•
Clean the print head deeply
•For macOS:
•
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5 Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
351
Step6 Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
Check5 When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the front tray, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
•When copying, see also the sections below:•
Check6 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
•If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
•
Check7 Make sure original is properly loaded on platen or ADF.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
When you load the original on the ADF, load it with the side to be copied facing up.
Loading Originals
Check8 Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
352
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Note
• For the case of misaligned or distortion, refer to this web page.•
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
•
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
353
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/
Paper Curl
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. To print data with high color saturation such as
photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon
specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
Check3 Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
•Plain Paper
•
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
•Other Paper such as envelope•
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.1.
354
2. Check that paper is now flat.
2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4 Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper.
If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
•From operation panel
•
Press the Setup button and select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent
abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
•From computer (Windows):•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
4.
355
5. Check message and select OK.
5.
•From computer (macOS):
•
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5 If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
•Printing from your computer (Windows)
•
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
•Copying
•
Setting Items for Copying
Check6 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
•If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
•
Check7 Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
•Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
•
Check8 Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
356
Note
•To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
•
Check9 Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
•For Windows:•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
4.
5. Check message and select OK.
5.
•For macOS:
•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
357
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margins.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
•The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
•
•This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
•
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
358
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing
If the printing of photos, images, stops in the middle of printing and cannot be printed to the end, check the
following items.
Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows)
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
Important
•Clear the check box once printing is complete.
•
Check2 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
Check3 Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space to store job.
Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space.
359
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check1 Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check2 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
360
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•During borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
•
361
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check1 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•For Windows, if the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head
•
alignment manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
362
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1 Check that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2 With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 3 With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
Check 4 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 5 Restart the computer.
Check 6 To scan from the printer's operation panel with USB connection, click Scan-
from-Operation-Panel Settings in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, and then
check that the following checkboxes are selected.
•Your scanner or printer
•Enables scanning from the operation panel
365
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1 Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 3 Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 4 Your scanner may be locked. (Personal scanners only)
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
( ), then reconnect the USB cable.
366
Cannot Send a Fax
If you cannot send a fax, check the following items.
Check1 Check that the telephone line is connected correctly according to the following
items.
•Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack ( ), and plug the other end into the
telephone wall jack or telephone jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
•If "Line is busy" is displayed on the screen, the line is being used by the attached phone. Please check
back later.
•If you do not hear anything from the printer when you press the Black button, the telephone line connection
may be incorrect or there may be a problem with the telephone line. Check that the connection method of
the telephone line is correct, and contact your telephone company and the manufacturer of your terminal
adapter.
•If you only hear a beep when you press the Black button, select Fax settings > Security control > Hook
setting and then select Enable.
FAX settings
Check2 Is telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Check3 Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Dial tone detect and then select OFF.
FAX settings
Check4 Is fax/telephone number registered correctly in printer's directory?
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the printer's
directory, and then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
Check5 Is printer's memory full?
Delete contents in memory, and then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check6 Is document loaded properly?
369
Remove the document, and then reload it on the platen or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check7 Does a printer error occur?
Ensure that an error message is displayed on the LCD. When an error message is displayed on the LCD, check
the cause.
For messages, refer to Message Is Displayed.
Press Stop button and if the message is closed, you can send the fax.
370
Errors Often Occur When Send a Fax
Check Check telephone line condition or connection.
If errors occur frequently when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that they can be reduced by selecting
Reduce for Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Err reduction (VoIP).
For details, see Err reduction (VoIP).
FAX settings
Note
• If selecting Reduce does not reduce errors, select Do not reduce.
In addition, when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that errors occur more often if 4800 bps or 9600 bps
is selected for TX start speed.
Select 14400 bps or 33600 bps.
If the telephone line or connection is poor when using a general telephone, reducing the transmission start speed
may correct the error.
Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv.
communication.
FAX settings
371
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Check1 Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper
settings loaded?
If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not
be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that
specified by Page size, then press OK button.
Check2 Make sure there is enough ink left to print.
•If there is not enough ink left to print, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being
•
printed (Memory Reception). Printing starts automatically after replacing the FINE cartridge.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
•You can also set to print received faxes even when the ink level is low.
•
Select Fax settings > Auto print settings > Print when no ink and then select Print.
However, if you run out of ink while printing a fax with this setting, the fax content will be output as a blank
page from the middle, and the fax content will be erased from the printer's memory as printed.
Check3 Is paper loaded?
If paper is not loaded, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being printed (Memory
Reception). Select Fax, Load paper, and then press OK button.
373
Cannot Dial
Check1 Is telephone line cable connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
Check2 Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
375
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Check Is telephone line cable or telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external
telephone, an answering device, or a computer modem) connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an
answering device, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
376
Poor Quality Fax Received
Check1 Check scan settings of sender's fax device.
Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax device.
Check2 Is ECM RX set to OFF?
Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv. communication > ECM RX in this order and select ON.
If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax device resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
FAX settings
Check3 Is sender's original document or scanning area of sender's fax device dirty?
The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender's fax device. Contact the sender and ask the
sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax device is dirty.
Check4 Is ECM transmission/reception enabled although the line/connection is poor, or
is the sender's fax device compatible with ECM?
•Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv. communication > ECM RX in this order and select ON.
•
FAX settings
•Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is set to enable ECM transmission.
•
If the sender's or recipient's fax device is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without
automatic error correction.
•Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv.
•
communication.
FAX settings
Check5 Did you confirm paper and print quality settings?
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
377
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1 Press ON button.
Power Supply
Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3 Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
379
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
•To disable the setting from the operation panel:
•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select ECO settings, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the button to select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Use the button to select Auto power off and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Use the button to select OFF and then press the OK button.
5.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
•To disable the setting from the computer:
•
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.1.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power.2.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.3.
4. Select OK.4.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.5.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
380
Note
• See below for details on how to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).•
Scanner Tab
381
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
• Printing (scanning) is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check1 Check that printer is turned on.
Check2 Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
•Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3 Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
382
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
•Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
•
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.•
383
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1. Press Setup button and wait a little.
1.
2. Press button 2 times and press OK button.
2.
3. Press button 4 times and press OK button.
3.
4. Use button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
4.
The desired language appears on the LCD.
384
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have
been applied. If all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1. Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series MP Drivers" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver"2.
you want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.
3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
386
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
387
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
A message is displayed on the printer's LCD or your computer screen.
Some errors may display a four-digit alphanumeric code along with the error message. The characters
represent a "support code" (error number).
For details on each support code, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
389
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message is
displayed automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message Is Displayed.
390
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages.
If a message is displayed on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Is Displayed on the Printer's LCD
If a message is displayed on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Is Displayed on Printer's LCD
Check the message and take appropriate action.
•Cannot connect to the server; try again•
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
•Check page size•
The size of the loaded paper is different from the paper size set in Page size in Fax paper settings.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Check Media type and Page size in Fax paper settings, and then reload the paper accordingly.
•Data error•
A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the
printer's memory.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
The list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
For details, refer to Summary of Reports and Lists.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Important
•If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's
memory are deleted.
•Hang up phone
•
The handset is not placed in the handset cradle correctly.
Replace the handset correctly.
Note
•See Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen for the message displayed on the fax
standby screen.
391
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message displayed on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1 If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3 Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and click
here to reinstall them.
Check4 When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
1.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen is displayed, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.2.
392
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
•If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure the printer is
•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check If an error message is displayed somewhere other than printer status monitor,
check the following:
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
•
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
•"Printer driver could not be found"
•
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
click here to reinstall them.
•"Could not print Application name - File name"
•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
393
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Support codes are displayed on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and is displayed along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Codes Displayed on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
•1000 to 1ZZZ•
1003 1200 1203 1250 1300 1303 1304 1309 1310 1401 1403 1430
1485 15A1 15A2 1682 1684 1686 1688 168A 1702 1703 1704 1705
1712 1713 1714 1715 1890
•2000 to 2ZZZ•
2110 2120 2700 2801 2802 2803 2900 2901
•3000 to 3ZZZ•
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3412 3413 3434 3435 3436 3437
3438 3440 3441 3446 3447
•4000 to 4ZZZ•
4103 4104 495A
•5000 to 5ZZZ•
5011 5012 5040 5050 5100 5200 5205 5206 5B02 5B03 5B04 5B05
5B12 5B13 5B14 5B15
•6000 to 6ZZZ
•
6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6930 6931 6932 6933
6936 6937 6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946
6D01
394
•7000 to 7ZZZ•
7500 7600 7700 7800
•9000 to 9ZZZ•
9500
•A000 to ZZZZ•
B20B
Note
• For information on how to deal with paper jams, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed.
• If the paper is not jammed (the support code is not displayed) and the paper is not fed normally, see
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed Normally.
395
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If a paper jam occurs during printing (when the support code 1300/1303/1304 is displayed), follow the
procedure below.
Note
• If the paper is not jammed (the support code is not displayed) and the paper is not fed normally, see
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed Normally.
• If the document is jammed in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), see What to Do When Document is
Jammed in ADF (Auto Document Feeder) (2801).
Check1 Is the jammed paper visible in the paper output slot (A)?
If the paper output tray (B) is closed, open it and check if the jammed paper is visible in the paper output slot (A).
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
Check2 Is the jammed paper visible in the feed slot of the front tray (C)?
Raise the paper output tray (B), remove any paper other than the jammed paper on the front tray, and then
check if the jammed paper is visible in the feed slot of the front tray (C).
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Front Tray
Check3 If the jammed paper is not visible in the paper output slot or the feed slot.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
1. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
1.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
396
Note
•If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
•
be ejected automatically.
The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax
or the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and
received, press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
Do not unplug the power cord after turning off the printer. If you unplug the power cord, all the
faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
• If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, open the printer's paper output cover and remove•
jammed paper inside the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
2. Press printer's OK button.2.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Front Tray
1. Retract output tray extension and paper output support.
1.
397
2. Close paper output tray.
2.
3. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.3.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
Note
•If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, open the printer's rear cover and remove jammed
•
paper from the rear side.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
4. Load paper in front tray.
4.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
398
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
5. Open paper output tray.5.
6. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.6.
7. Press printer's OK button.7.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
399
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and received,
press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1. Turn off printer and unplug it.
1.
2. Retract output tray extension and paper output support.
2.
3. Open paper output cover.3.
Important
•Do not touch the clear film (A).
•
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
400
4. Check if jammed paper is under FINE cartridge holder.4.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or
left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the FINE cartridge holder, hold the top of the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to
the far right or left.
5. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands.
5.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
6. Slowly pull out jammed paper so as not to tear it.
6.
401
7. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
7.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
•Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder?
•Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
•Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
8. Close paper output tray.8.
9. Plug printer back in and turn printer back on.
9.
10. Load paper.
10.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
402
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
11. Open paper output tray.11.
12. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.12.
13. Redo printing.13.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side.
403
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and received,
press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1. Turn off printer and unplug it.
1.
2. Retract output tray extension and paper output support, and close paper output tray, front
2.
cover, and document tray.
3. Open document cover and stand printer with right side of printer facing down.
3.
Important
• Stand the printer on a wide and flat surface such as a desk.
•Hold the printer firmly with both hands and be careful not to hit it against hard objects.
• Use the document cover as a support to prevent the printer from falling over.
4. Open rear cover.4.
When you open the rear cover, support the printer with your hand so that it does not fall over.
404
5. Hold jammed paper firmly and pull it out slowly.
5.
When you pull the jammed paper, support the printer with your hand so that it does not fall over.
Note
•If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
6. Close rear cover.
6.
405
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
10. Open paper output tray.10.
11. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.
11.
12. Redo printing.
12.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
407
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the front tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the front tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the front tray.•
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
• Insert the paper until the leading edge of the paper touches the far end of the front tray and you hear•
a beep sound.
• Align the paper guides of the front tray with both edges of the paper.•
After carrying out the above measures, open the paper output tray, pull out the paper output support and
open the output tray extension.
Then, follow the message displayed on the printer's LCD.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
408
1200
Cause
Paper output cover is open.
What to Do
Close the paper output cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing FINE cartridges.
409
1203
Cause
Paper output cover is opened during printing.
What to Do
If paper remains inside the printer, slowly pull out the paper with both hands and close the paper output
cover.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the error.
The printer ejects one blank sheet of paper and resumes printing from the next paper.
The printer will not reprint the page that was printed when the paper output cover is opened. Retry
printing.
Important
• Do not open or close the paper output cover during printing, as this can damage the printer.
410
1250
Cause
Paper output tray is closed.
What to Do
Open the paper output tray, pull out the paper output support, and open the output tray extension. The
printer resumes printing.
411
1401
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
412
1430
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Remove the FINE cartridge and reinstall it.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Replace the FINE cartridge with a new
one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If this still does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
413
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
414
1682
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the error is not resolved, the printer may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
415
1686
Cause
The ink may have run out.
What to Do
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly
detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by using a
non-genuine Canon ink cartridge or by using non-genuine Canon ink.
416
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink cartridge and close the cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5
seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not
satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
417
168A
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• FINE cartridge is not installed properly.
• FINE cartridge incompatible with this printer is installed.
What to Do
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output support, open the paper output cover, and then
remove the FINE cartridges.
Make sure the FINE cartridges are compatible with this printer and install the appropriate FINE cartridges
properly.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.
Close the paper output cover.
418
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
What to Do
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output support, open the paper output cover, and then
make sure that shipping tape and protective material have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the paper output cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
419
2110
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match the paper information for the front tray
registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper•
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match the paper information for the front tray
registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.•
Paper Settings
If the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the front tray registered
on the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:•
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the front tray registered on the printer:•
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Use the buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
420
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
front tray is registered as A4, select this option to print on an A4 paper loaded in the front tray with the
A5 setting.
Replace the paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the front tray.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
front tray is registered as A4, select this option to print after changing the paper in the front tray with
an A5 paper.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the front tray is displayed.
Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the•
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the•
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the front tray registered on the printer match.
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Maintenance Tab Description (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
421
2900
Cause
Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and take the corresponding actions below.
• Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen.
• Make sure the platen and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Load A4 or Letter size plain paper in the front tray.
• Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.
After carrying out the above actions, perform automatic print head alignment again.
If the error is still not resolved, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and perform manual print
head alignment.
422
2901
Cause
Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.
What to Do
Scan the printed alignment pattern.
1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen.
1.
Place the printed side down and align the mark in the upper left corner of the sheet with the
alignment mark .
2. Slowly close the document cover and press printer's Color button or Black button.
2.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and automatically adjusts the print head
position.
423
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
424
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed.•
Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.
• Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc.•
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch the clear•
film (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
425
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
426
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
427
5B02
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
428
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, refer to the following.
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
429